Fossil

1.37
1.37.1

  /* If C_EXTRA, add unmanaged files to the query result too. */
  if( flags & C_EXTRA ){
    if( blob_size(&sql) ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " UNION ALL");
    }
    blob_append_sql(&sql,
      " SELECT pathname, %s, %s, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0"
      " SELECT pathname, %s, %s, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0"
      " FROM sfile WHERE pathname NOT IN (%s)%s",
      flags & C_MTIME ? "datetime(mtime, 'unixepoch', toLocal())" : "''",
      flags & C_SIZE ? "size" : "0",
      fossil_all_reserved_names(0), blob_sql_text(&where));
  }
  blob_reset(&where);

    }else{
      if( contentFormat>0 ){/*HTML-ize it*/
        Blob content = empty_blob;
        Blob raw = empty_blob;
        zFormat = "html";
        if(zBody && *zBody){
          const char *zMimetype = pWiki->zMimetype;
          if( zMimetype==0 ) zMimetype = "text/plain";
          if( zMimetype==0 ) zMimetype = "text/x-fossil-wiki";
          zMimetype = wiki_filter_mimetypes(zMimetype);
          blob_append(&raw,zBody,-1);
          if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-fossil-wiki")==0 ){
            wiki_convert(&raw,&content,0);
          }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
            markdown_to_html(&raw,0,&content);
          }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/plain")==0 ){

    return;
  }

  /* Deal with password-change requests */
  if( g.perm.Password && zPasswd
   && (zNew1 = P("n1"))!=0 && (zNew2 = P("n2"))!=0
  ){
    /* If there is not a "real" login, we cannot change any password. */
    if( g.zLogin ){
    /* The user requests a password change */
    zSha1Pw = sha1_shared_secret(zPasswd, g.zLogin, 0);
    if( db_int(1, "SELECT 0 FROM user"
                  " WHERE uid=%d"
                  " AND (constant_time_cmp(pw,%Q)=0"
                  "      OR constant_time_cmp(pw,%Q)=0)",
                  g.userUid, zSha1Pw, zPasswd) ){
      sleep(1);
      zErrMsg =
         @ <p><span class="loginError">
         @ You entered an incorrect old password while attempting to change
         @ your password.  Your password is unchanged.
         @ </span></p>
      ;
    }else if( fossil_strcmp(zNew1,zNew2)!=0 ){
      zErrMsg =
         @ <p><span class="loginError">
         @ The two copies of your new passwords do not match.
         @ Your password is unchanged.
         @ </span></p>
      ;
    }else{
      char *zNewPw = sha1_shared_secret(zNew1, g.zLogin, 0);
      char *zChngPw;
      char *zErr;
      db_multi_exec(
         "UPDATE user SET pw=%Q WHERE uid=%d", zNewPw, g.userUid
      );
      fossil_free(zNewPw);
      zChngPw = mprintf(
         "UPDATE user"
         "   SET pw=shared_secret(%Q,%Q,"
         "        (SELECT value FROM config WHERE name='project-code'))"
         " WHERE login=%Q",
         zNew1, g.zLogin, g.zLogin
      );
      if( login_group_sql(zChngPw, "<p>", "</p>\n", &zErr) ){
        zErrMsg = mprintf("<span class=\"loginError\">%s</span>", zErr);
        fossil_free(zErr);
      }else{
        redirect_to_g();
        return;
      }
      /* The user requests a password change */
      zSha1Pw = sha1_shared_secret(zPasswd, g.zLogin, 0);
      if( db_int(1, "SELECT 0 FROM user"
                    " WHERE uid=%d"
                    " AND (constant_time_cmp(pw,%Q)=0"
                    "      OR constant_time_cmp(pw,%Q)=0)",
                    g.userUid, zSha1Pw, zPasswd) ){
        sleep(1);
        zErrMsg =
           @ <p><span class="loginError">
           @ You entered an incorrect old password while attempting to change
           @ your password.  Your password is unchanged.
           @ </span></p>
        ;
      }else if( fossil_strcmp(zNew1,zNew2)!=0 ){
        zErrMsg =
           @ <p><span class="loginError">
           @ The two copies of your new passwords do not match.
           @ Your password is unchanged.
           @ </span></p>
        ;
      }else{
        char *zNewPw = sha1_shared_secret(zNew1, g.zLogin, 0);
        char *zChngPw;
        char *zErr;
        db_multi_exec(
           "UPDATE user SET pw=%Q WHERE uid=%d", zNewPw, g.userUid
        );
        fossil_free(zNewPw);
        zChngPw = mprintf(
           "UPDATE user"
           "   SET pw=shared_secret(%Q,%Q,"
           "        (SELECT value FROM config WHERE name='project-code'))"
           " WHERE login=%Q",
           zNew1, g.zLogin, g.zLogin
        );
        if( login_group_sql(zChngPw, "<p>", "</p>\n", &zErr) ){
          zErrMsg = mprintf("<span class=\"loginError\">%s</span>", zErr);
          fossil_free(zErr);
        }else{
          redirect_to_g();
          return;
        }
      }
    }else{
      zErrMsg =
         @ <p><span class="loginError">
         @ The password cannot be changed for this type of login.
         @ The password is unchanged.
         @ </span></p>
      ;
    }
  }
  zIpAddr = PD("REMOTE_ADDR","nil");   /* Complete IP address for logging */
  zReferer = P("HTTP_REFERER");
  uid = login_is_valid_anonymous(zUsername, zPasswd, P("cs"));
  if( uid>0 ){
    login_set_anon_cookie(zIpAddr, NULL);

        @ <input type="button" value="Fill out captcha"
        @  onclick="gebi('u').value='anonymous'; gebi('p').value='%s(zDecoded)';" />
    }
    @ </div>
    free(zCaptcha);
  }
  @ </form>
  if( g.perm.Password ){
  if( g.zLogin && g.perm.Password ){
    @ <hr />
    @ <p>Change Password for user <b>%h(g.zLogin)</b>:</p>
    form_begin(0, "%R/login");
    @ <table>
    @ <tr><td class="login_out_label">Old Password:</td>
    @ <td><input type="password" name="p" size="30" /></td></tr>
    @ <tr><td class="login_out_label">New Password:</td>

#if defined(USE_SEE)
  blob_append(pOut, "USE_SEE\n", -1);
#endif
  blob_appendf(pOut, "SQLite %s %.30s\n", sqlite3_libversion(),
               sqlite3_sourceid());
  if( g.db==0 ) sqlite3_open(":memory:", &g.db);
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT compile_options FROM pragma_compile_options"
     " WHERE compile_options NOT LIKE 'COMPILER=%%'");
     "pragma compile_options");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *text = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( strncmp(text, "COMPILER", 8) ){
    blob_appendf(pOut, "SQLITE_%s\n", db_column_text(&q, 0));
      blob_appendf(pOut, "SQLITE_%s\n", text);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** This function returns the user-agent string for Fossil, for
** use in HTTP(S) requests.

endif

#### The directories where the OpenSSL include and library files are located.
#    The recommended usage here is to use the Sysinternals junction tool
#    to create a hard link between an "openssl-1.x" sub-directory of the
#    Fossil source code directory and the target OpenSSL source directory.
#
OPENSSLDIR = $(SRCDIR)/../compat/openssl-1.0.2j
OPENSSLDIR = $(SRCDIR)/../compat/openssl-1.0.2k
OPENSSLINCDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)/include
OPENSSLLIBDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)

#### Either the directory where the Tcl library is installed or the Tcl
#    source code directory resides (depending on the value of the macro
#    FOSSIL_TCL_SOURCE).  If this points to the Tcl install directory,
#    this directory must have "include" and "lib" sub-directories.  If

# Enable support for the SQLite Encryption Extension?
!ifndef USE_SEE
USE_SEE = 0
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
SSLDIR    = $(B)\compat\openssl-1.0.2j
SSLDIR    = $(B)\compat\openssl-1.0.2k
SSLINCDIR = $(SSLDIR)\inc32
!if $(FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD)!=0
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32dll
!else
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32
!endif
SSLLFLAGS = /nologo /opt:ref /debug

    if( (width!=0) && (width<=20) ){
      fossil_fatal("-W|--width value must be >20 or 0");
    }
  }else{
    width = -1;
  }

  db_must_be_within_tree();
  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  if( g.argc<2 ) return;
  blob_init(&pattern, g.argv[2], -1);
  for(i=3; i<g.argc; i++){
    blob_appendf(&pattern, " %s", g.argv[i]);
  }
  (void)search_init(blob_str(&pattern),"*","*","...",SRCHFLG_STATIC);
  blob_reset(&pattern);

  if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 ){
    const char *zMode = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "";
    int n2 = (int)strlen(zMode);
    int c2 = zMode[0];
    if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Line;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
    }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Column;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
    }else if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Column);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
    }else if( c2=='h' && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Html;
    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Space);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
    }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Comma);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf);
    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Tab);

  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){
    utf8_printf(p->out, "SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/,
        sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
  }else

  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsinfo", n)==0 ){
    const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
    if( p->db ){
      sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER, &pVfs);
      if( pVfs ){
        utf8_printf(p->out, "vfs.zName      = \"%s\"\n", pVfs->zName);
        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.iVersion   = %d\n", pVfs->iVersion);
        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.szOsFile   = %d\n", pVfs->szOsFile);
        raw_printf(p->out, "vfs.mxPathname = %d\n", pVfs->mxPathname);

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.16.2.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** version 3.17.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other

# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to
** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers.  A
/* What version of GCC is being used.  0 means GCC is not being used */
#ifdef __GNUC__
** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used.  The
** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific
** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0
**
** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro.  However, we learn that the
** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent
** and unreliable.  Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the
** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers,
** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even
** when compiling with clang.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
#else
# define GCC_VERSION 0
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER
#else
# define MSVC_VERSION 0
#endif

/* Needed for various definitions... */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.16.2"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3016002
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-01-06 16:32:41 a65a62893ca8319e89e48b8a38cf8a59c69a8209"
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.17.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3017000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-02-13 16:02:40 ada05cfa86ad7f5645450ac7a2a21c9aa6e57d2c"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros

** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
    typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# else  
  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
    typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
#else
  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
#endif

** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
** file that were written at the application level might have changed
** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
** elevated privileges.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004

** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]
** </ul>
**
** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means

** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an
** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
** release of SQLite.
**
** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions

**         being opened for read/write access)^.
** </ul>
**
** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
**
** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
** [sqlite3_blob_write()].  The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a
** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()]
** interface.  However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle]
** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened.
**
** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for

**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()],
** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()],
** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
  sqlite3*,
  const char *zDb,
  const char *zTable,
  const char *zColumn,
  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points
** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is
** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
**
** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.

** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook.
**
** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function
** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation
** on a [rowid table].
** on a database table.
** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single
** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides
** the previous setting.
** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()]
** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter.
** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as
** the first parameter to callbacks.
**
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to [rowid tables]; the preupdate
** hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or [WITHOUT ROWID]
** tables.
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
**
** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants
** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the
** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** database within the database connection that is being modified.  This
** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or 
** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
** databases.)^
** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** table that is being modified.
**
** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
** ^The sixth parameter to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
** row being changes for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE changes and is
** undefined for SQLITE_INSERT changes.
** ^The seventh parameter to the preupdate callback is the final [rowid] of
** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the 
** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth 
** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
** the row being changed for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_INSERT changes and is
** undefined for SQLITE_DELETE changes.
** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for
** INSERT operations on rowid tables.
**
** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()],
** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces
** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines
** may only be called from within a preupdate callback.  Invoking any of
** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a
** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied

** either of these things are undefined.
**
** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an
** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached
** to the database when the session object is created.
*/
int sqlite3session_create(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for 
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object
**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
**
** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a 
** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
**
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag
**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**

** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the 
** indirect flag for the specified session object.
**
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 

**
** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error 
** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
*/
int sqlite3session_attach(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
void sqlite3session_table_filter(
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while 
** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and 
** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
*/
int sqlite3session_changeset(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session 

**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
**     the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
**
**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
**     the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
**
**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features 
**     different in each, an UPDATE record is added to the session.
**     different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
**     session.  
** </ul>
**
** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to 
** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be 
** identical.
**
** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
** required compatible table.
**
** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
int sqlite3session_diff(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  const char *zFromDb,
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);

** in the same way as for changesets.
**
** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets
** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for
** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which
** they were attached to the session object).
*/
int sqlite3session_patchset(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnPatchset,                /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppPatchset               /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by 
** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or 
** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
**
** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in 
** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values 
** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an

** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when 
** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by 
** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited 
** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change 
** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit 
** another change for table X.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_start(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*

** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error 
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent

** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the 
** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not
** be trusted in this case.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_op(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  const char **pzTab,             /* OUT: Pointer to table name */
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

** in the table.
**
** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid
** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise,
** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described
** above.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_pk(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this 
** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_old(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that 
** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete 
** triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_new(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator

** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the 
** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
** and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations
**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator

**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }
*/
int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted
** changeset. Specifically:

** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful 
** call to this function.
**
** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_invert(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert(
  int nIn, const void *pIn,       /* Input changeset */
  int *pnOut, void **ppOut        /* OUT: Inverse of input */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
**

**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }
**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_concat(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
  void *pB,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);

** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
**        changeset, and
**   <li> The table has the same number of columns as recorded in the 
**   <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the 
**        changeset, and
**   <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as 
**        recorded in the changeset.
** </ul>
**
** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the
** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued

**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
**   row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument.
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the
**   database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset,
**   only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against
**   the current database contents - any trailing database table columns
**   are ignored.
**
**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
**   passed as the second argument.
**
**   If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
**   (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the
**   conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]
**   passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE
**   operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler
**   function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd>
**   For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into
**   the database.
**   the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the
**   database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
**   values.
**
**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already 
**   contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
**   function is invoked with the second argument set to 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
**
**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from an original
**   row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
**   original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function
**   is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since
**   UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are
**   to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to
**   avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback.
**
**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
**   passed as the second argument.

**
** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_apply(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),

** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
** of the xOutput error code to the application.
**
** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third 
** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn
);
int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn

*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
#  if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
#    if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#      include <intrin.h>
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort)
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
#      pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
#    else
#      include <cmnintrin.h>
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>

/*
** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY.
** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running
** cachegrind.  But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it
** should not be used in production.  This is a performance measurement
** hack only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY
# define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\
                        int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);}
#endif

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
# define float sqlite_int64

#endif

/*
** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate
** pagecaches for each database connection.  A positive number is the
** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
**
** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the
** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20
#endif

/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof

/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
**
** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined
** at run-time.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER
#if (defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
# if defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
     defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
     defined(__arm__)
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
# elif defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__)
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
# else
#   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0
# endif
#endif
#if (defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__))  \
    && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
#else
# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
  const int sqlite3one = 1;
# else
  extern const int sqlite3one;
# endif
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
#endif

/*
** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.

  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags);

/* Allowed flags for the 2nd argument to sqlite3BtreeDelete() */
/* Allowed flags for sqlite3BtreeDelete() and sqlite3BtreeInsert() */
#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02  /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */
#define BTREE_AUXDELETE    0x04  /* not the primary delete operation */
#define BTREE_APPEND       0x08  /* Insert is likely an append */

/* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single
** entry in either an index or table btree.
**
** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain
** an arbitrary key and no data.  These btrees have pKey,nKey set to their
** key and pData,nData,nZero set to zero.

  struct Mem *aMem;       /* First of nMem value in the unpacked pKey */
  u16 nMem;               /* Number of aMem[] value.  Might be zero */
  int nData;              /* Size of pData.  0 if none. */
  int nZero;              /* Extra zero data appended after pData,nData */
};

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const BtreePayload *pPayload,
                       int bias, int seekResult);
                       int flags, int seekResult);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);

** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
  u8 notUsed1;
  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
  u16 p5;             /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned 16-bit integer */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
  union p4union {     /* fourth parameter */
    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */

#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe*, void *pP4, int p4type);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
# ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno);
# endif
# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
# endif
#else
# define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x) 0
# define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x,y) 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
#endif

/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */

  u8 bBenignMalloc;             /* Do not require OOMs if true */
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
  u8 mTrace;                    /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */
  u8 skipBtreeMutex;            /* True if no shared-cache backends */
  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */

#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX   0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG  0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a
                                    ** single query - might change over time */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY 0x4000 /* Built-in affinity() function */

/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
**
**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName

                                      ** the OR optimization  */
#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0040 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */
#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
#define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE       0x0400 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT    0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */
                        /*     0x1000    not currently used */
#define WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE  0x1000 /* Do not defer seeks if unique */
                        /*     0x2000    not currently used */
#define WHERE_USE_LIMIT        0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */
                        /*     0x8000    not currently used */

/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
*/
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */

**    OPFLAG_FORDELETE    == BTREE_FORDELETE
**    OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION
**    OPFLAG_AUXDELETE    == BTREE_AUXDELETE
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */
                                     /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */
#define OPFLAG_EPHEM         0x01    /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x20    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
#define OPFLAG_ISNOOP        0x40    /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */
#endif
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ        0x02    /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */
#define OPFLAG_FORDELETE     0x08    /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x10    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION  0x02    /* OP_Delete: keep cursor position */
#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION  0x02    /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */
#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE     0x04    /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger.
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8);
#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
#define SQLITE_ECEL_REF      0x04  /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
    Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
                                     u8,u8,int,int*,int*);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe*,Table*);
#else
# define sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(A,B)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3*, Index*, int);
#endif

/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION

SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
#else
  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
  #define sqlite3FkReferences(a)        0
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
#else
  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)

** memory.  (The statement journal is also always held entirely in memory
** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this
** setting.)
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL 
# define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024)
#endif

/*
** The default lookaside-configuration, the format "SZ,N".  SZ is the
** number of bytes in each lookaside slot (should be a multiple of 8)
** and N is the number of slots.  The lookaside-configuration can be
** changed as start-time using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE)
** or at run-time for an individual database connection using
** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE);
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE 1200,100
#endif


/*
** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
** the SQLite library.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
   512,                       /* szLookaside */
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE,  /* szLookaside, nLookaside */
   125,                       /* nLookaside */
   SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL,     /* nStmtSpill */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
   0,                         /* nHeap */
   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */

  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */
  UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked;   /* Unpacked version of new.* record */
  int iNewReg;                    /* Register for new.* values */
  i64 iKey1;                      /* First key value passed to hook */
  i64 iKey2;                      /* Second key value passed to hook */
  Mem *aNew;                      /* Array of new.* values */
  Table *pTab;                    /* Schema object being upated */          
  Index *pPk;                     /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */
};

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);

**
** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
** routines.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  void *p;
  testcase( ROUND8(nByte)==nByte );
  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
  if( p==0 ){
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
  }
  return p;
#else
  sqlite3_int64 *p;
  assert( nByte>0 );
  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
  testcase( ROUND8(nByte)!=nByte );
  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
  if( p ){
    p[0] = nByte;
    p++;
  }else{
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);

** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){
#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER)
  SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER;
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
  __sync_synchronize();
#elif !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) && \
#elif MSVC_VERSION>=1300
      defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
  _ReadWriteBarrier();
#elif defined(MemoryBarrier)
  MemoryBarrier();
#endif
}

/*

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
}

/*
** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
** lock is already held.
*/
static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
static void mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
  int nFull;
  void *p;
  int nFull;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
  assert( n>0 );

  /* In Firefox (circa 2017-02-08), xRoundup() is remapped to an internal
  ** implementation of malloc_good_size(), which must be called in debug
  ** mode and specifically when the DMD "Dark Matter Detector" is enabled
  ** or else a crash results.  Hence, do not attempt to optimize out the
  ** following xRoundup() call. */
  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);

  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
  if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
    sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
    }else{

#endif
  if( p ){
    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
  }
  *pp = p;
  return nFull;
}

/*
** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){

  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
} et_info;

/*
** Allowed values for et_info.flags
*/
#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */


/*
** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
** most frequently used conversion types first.
*/

  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },

/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
  /* All the rest are undocumented and are for internal use only */
** use only */
  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
  {  'T',  0, 0, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 0, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
  {  'r', 10, 1, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
};

/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** conversions will work.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT

  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
  etByte xtype = etINVALID;  /* Conversion paradigm */
  u8 bArgList;               /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  u8 useIntern;              /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */
  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
  char *zExtra = 0;          /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */

  bufpt = 0;
  if( pAccum->printfFlags ){
    if( (bArgList = (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
  if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)!=0 ){
    pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
    }
    useIntern = pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
    bArgList = 1;
  }else{
    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
    bArgList = 0;
  }
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
      fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%');
#else

    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
    xtype = etINVALID;
    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return;
        }
        break;
      }
    }

    /*
    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
    **

        length = j;
        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
        ** consume, not the length of the output...
        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
        break;
      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken;
        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        assert( bArgList==0 );
        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
        }
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      case etSRCLIST: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        int k;
        struct SrcList_item *pItem;
        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
        pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
        k = va_arg(ap, int);
        pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
        assert( bArgList==0 );
        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
        }
        sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);

    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
    width -= length;
    if( width>0 ){
    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
      if( !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
      if( flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    }else{
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
    }

    if( zExtra ){
      sqlite3DbFree(pAccum->db, zExtra);
      zExtra = 0;
    }
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  u32 x;
  memcpy(&x,p,4);
  return x;
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
    && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  u32 x;
  memcpy(&x,p,4);
  return __builtin_bswap32(x);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
    && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
  u32 x;
  memcpy(&x,p,4);
  return _byteswap_ulong(x);
#else
  testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
  return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  memcpy(p,&v,4);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
    && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v);
  memcpy(p,&x,4);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
    && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
  u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v);
  memcpy(p,&x,4);
#else
  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
  p[3] = (u8)v;

/*
** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_add_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  i64 iA = *pA;
  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
  if( iB>=0 ){
    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
  }else{
    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
  }
  *pA += iB;
  return 0; 
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_sub_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
    *pA -= iB;
    return 0;
  }else{
    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
  }
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_mul_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  i64 iA = *pA;
  if( iB>0 ){
    if( iA>LARGEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
    if( iA<SMALLEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
  }else if( iB<0 ){
    if( iA>0 ){
      if( iB<SMALLEST_INT64/iA ) return 1;
    }else if( iA<0 ){
      if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) return 1;
      if( iA==SMALLEST_INT64 ) return 1;
      if( -iA>LARGEST_INT64/-iB ) return 1;
    }
  }
  *pA = iA*iB;
  return 0;
#endif
}

/*
** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){

** instead of
**
**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
*/
#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)

/*
** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  u32 iRead = 0;
  int rc;
  if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
  rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
  return rc || iRead;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
# define pagerUseWal(x) sqlite3PagerUseWal(x)
# define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
#else
# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif

/*
** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a
** two-byte aligned address.  get2bytea() is only used for accessing the
** cell addresses in a btree header.
*/
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
# define get2byteAligned(x)  (*(u16*)(x))
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4008000
    && GCC_VERSION>=4008000
# define get2byteAligned(x)  __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x))
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
    && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
# define get2byteAligned(x)  _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x))
#else
# define get2byteAligned(x)  ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
#endif

/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/

** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
**
** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
** at the same instant.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  int skipOk = 1;
  Btree *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( p && p->sharable ){
    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
      sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
      skipOk = 0;
    }
  }
  db->skipBtreeMutex = skipOk;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->skipBtreeMutex==0 ) btreeEnterAll(db);
}
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  Btree *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->skipBtreeMutex==0 ) btreeLeaveAll(db);
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
**

    nCell = pPage->nCell;

    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
        CellInfo info;
        pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
        if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload
         && pCell+info.nSize-1<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
         && iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4)
        if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
          if( pCell+info.nSize > pPage->aData+pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
            return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          }
          if( iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4) ){
        ){
          put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo);
          break;
            put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo);
            break;
          }
        }
      }else{
        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
          break;
        }
      }

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
    if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
      rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
        pBt->nPage = 0;
      }
      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);

/*
** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
** argument is interpreted as follows:
**
**   0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
**   1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
**   2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache.
**
** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages
** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate
** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
**
**   * An incremental vacuum,
**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).

){
  unsigned char *aPayload;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iIdx = 0;
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
  unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;
  unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;     /* Start of original out buffer */
  int bEnd;                                 /* True if reading to end of data */
#endif

  assert( pPage );
  assert( eOp==0 || eOp==1 );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );    /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */

  getCellInfo(pCur);
  aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
  bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload;
#endif
  assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );

  assert( aPayload > pPage->aData );
  if( (uptr)(aPayload - pPage->aData) > (pBt->usableSize - pCur->info.nLocal) ){
    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error.  The
    ** conditional above is really:
    **    &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
    ** but is recast into its current form to avoid integer overflow problems
    */
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
    int a = amt;
    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
    }
    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
    offset = 0;
    pBuf += a;
    amt -= a;
  }else{
    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
  }


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
    Pgno nextPage;

    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);

    /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
    ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2.
    **
    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
        );
        if( aNew==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
          return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
        }else{
          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
      }
      memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
    }else{
    }

    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
    ** directly to it.
    */
      /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
      ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
      ** directly to it.
      */
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0
     && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize]
      if( pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
    ){
      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
    }

        iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
        nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
        offset = (offset%ovflSize);
      }
    }
    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){

    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 );
    while( nextPage ){
      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){
        assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0
                || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage
                || CORRUPT_DB );
        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
      assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0
              || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage
              || CORRUPT_DB );
      pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
      }

      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
        ** function.
        **
        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
        */
        assert( eOp!=2 );
        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
        assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db );
        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
        }else{
          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
        }
        offset -= ovflSize;
      }else{
        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
        */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
        sqlite3_file *fd;
        sqlite3_file *fd;      /* File from which to do direct overflow read */
#endif
        int a = amt;
        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
          a = ovflSize - offset;
        }

#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
        /* If all the following are true:
        **
        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
        **   6) all data from the page is being read.
        **   7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer 
        **   3) there is no open write-transaction, and
        **   4) the database is file-backed, and
        **   5) the page is not in the WAL file
        **   6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer 
        **
        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
        */
        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
        if( eOp==0                                             /* (1) */
         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
         && 0==sqlite3PagerUseWal(pBt->pPager)                 /* (5) */
         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (7) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (3) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (4) */
         && 0==sqlite3PagerUseWal(pBt->pPager, nextPage)       /* (5) */
         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (6) */
        ){
          u8 aSave[4];
          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* hence (7) */
          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* due to (6) */
          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
        }else
#endif

        {
          DbPage *pDbPage;
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
              (eOp==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
          );
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
            offset = 0;
          }
        }
        amt -= a;
        if( amt==0 ) return rc;
        pBuf += a;
      }
      if( rc ) break;
      iIdx++;
    }
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Overflow chain ends prematurely */
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the payload for the row at which that cursor pCur is currently
** pointing.  "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[].  The transfer

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
}

/*
** This variant of sqlite3BtreePayload() works even if the cursor has not
** in the CURSOR_VALID state.  It is only used by the sqlite3_blob_read()
** interface.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int accessPayloadChecked(
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
  BtCursor *pCur,
  u32 offset,
  u32 amt,
  void *pBuf
){
  int rc;
  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
    return SQLITE_ABORT;
  }
  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
  rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  return rc ? rc : accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
    return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
  }else{
    return accessPayloadChecked(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf);
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

/*
** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for

  if( pIdxKey==0
   && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
  ){
    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
      *pRes = 0;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
      *pRes = -1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
        *pRes = -1;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      /* If the requested key is one more than the previous key, then
      ** try to get there using sqlite3BtreeNext() rather than a full
      ** binary search.  This is an optimization only.  The correct answer
      ** is still obtained without this ase, only a little more slowely */
      if( pCur->info.nKey+1==intKey && !pCur->skipNext ){
        *pRes = 0;
        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
        if( rc ) return rc;
        if( *pRes==0 ){
          getCellInfo(pCur);
          if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
            return SQLITE_OK;
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if( pIdxKey ){
    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
    pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 

          }
          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 );
          if( pCellKey==0 ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
          pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl;
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
        }

  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
  ** 
  */
  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    MemPage *p = apOld[i];
    szNew[i] = usableSpace - p->nFree;
    if( szNew[i]<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
    for(j=0; j<p->nOverflow; j++){
      szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]);
    }
    cntNew[i] = cntOld[i];
  }
  k = nOld;
  for(i=0; i<k; i++){

** if pX->nMem is non-zero, then pX->aMem contains pointers to the unpacked
** key values and pX->aMem can be used instead of pX->pKey to avoid having
** to decode the key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const BtreePayload *pX,        /* Content of the row to be inserted */
  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
  int flags,                     /* True if this is likely an append */
  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
){
  int rc;
  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
  int szNew = 0;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;

  assert( (flags & (BTREE_SAVEPOSITION|BTREE_APPEND))==flags );

  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
    return pCur->skipNext;
  }

  assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );

  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
    assert( pX->pKey==0 );
    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pX->nKey, 0);

    /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing 
    ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.  */
    assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || 
            ((pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey) );

    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary
    ** btreeMoveto() call */
    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey ){
      loc = 0;
    }else if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey>0
               && pCur->info.nKey==pX->nKey-1 ){
      loc = -1;
    }else if( loc==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, pX->nKey, appendBias, &loc);
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
  }else if( loc==0 ){
  }else if( loc==0 && (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ){
    if( pX->nMem ){
      UnpackedRecord r;
      r.pKeyInfo = pCur->pKeyInfo;
      r.aMem = pX->aMem;
      r.nField = pX->nMem;
      r.default_rc = 0;
      r.errCode = 0;
      r.r1 = 0;
      r.r2 = 0;
      r.eqSeen = 0;
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, &r, 0, appendBias, &loc);
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, &r, 0, flags!=0, &loc);
    }else{
      rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pX->pKey, pX->nKey, appendBias, &loc);
      rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pX->pKey, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
    }
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  assert( pPage->intKey || pX->nKey>=0 );

    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    if( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
      if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
        assert( pCur->pKey==0 );
        pCur->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pX->nKey );
        if( pCur->pKey==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        }else{
          memcpy(pCur->pKey, pX->pKey, pX->nKey);
        }
      }
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
      pCur->nKey = pX->nKey;
    }
  }
  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );

end_insert:
  return rc;
}

}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p2 = val;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p3 = val;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 p5){
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u16 p5){
  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
  if( p->nOp>0 ) p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = p5;
}

/*
** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
** the address of the next instruction to be coded.

** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
** statement transaction is committed.
**
** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
  ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback.
  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
  */
  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
    int i;
    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
  int i;
  const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;

    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
  assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
  assert( db->nStatement>0 );
  assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );

    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt ){
        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
        }
        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
        }
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = rc2;
        }
      }
    }
    db->nStatement--;
    p->iStatement = 0;
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt ){
      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
        rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
      }
      if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = rc2;
      }
    }
  }
  db->nStatement--;
  p->iStatement = 0;

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
      }
    }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
    }
  }

    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
      db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
    }
  }
  return rc;
  /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
  ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
  ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
  if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
    db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
    db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
  }
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
  if( p->db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
    return vdbeCloseStatement(p, eOp);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
**

** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated 
** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord
** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree().
**
** This function is used to free UnpackedRecord structures allocated by
** the vdbeUnpackRecord() function found in vdbeapi.c.
*/
static void vdbeFreeUnpacked(sqlite3 *db, UnpackedRecord *p){
static void vdbeFreeUnpacked(sqlite3 *db, int nField, UnpackedRecord *p){
  if( p ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<p->nField; i++){
    for(i=0; i<nField; i++){
      Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[i];
      if( pMem->zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */

  i64 iKey2;
  PreUpdate preupdate;
  const char *zTbl = pTab->zName;
  static const u8 fakeSortOrder = 0;

  assert( db->pPreUpdate==0 );
  memset(&preupdate, 0, sizeof(PreUpdate));
  if( HasRowid(pTab)==0 ){
    iKey1 = iKey2 = 0;
    preupdate.pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
  }else{
  if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
    iKey2 = v->aMem[iReg].u.i;
  }else{
    iKey2 = iKey1;
    if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
      iKey2 = v->aMem[iReg].u.i;
    }else{
      iKey2 = iKey1;
    }
  }

  assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol 
       || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1)
  );

  preupdate.v = v;

  preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2;
  preupdate.pTab = pTab;

  db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate;
  db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2);
  db->pPreUpdate = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pUnpacked);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pNewUnpacked);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nField+1, preupdate.pUnpacked);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nField+1, preupdate.pNewUnpacked);
  if( preupdate.aNew ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nField; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&preupdate.aNew[i]);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aNew);
  }

/*
** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
** a field of the row currently being updated or deleted.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){
  PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate;
  Mem *pMem;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* Test that this call is being made from within an SQLITE_DELETE or
  ** SQLITE_UPDATE pre-update callback, and that iIdx is within range. */
  if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    goto preupdate_old_out;
  }
  if( p->pPk ){
    iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx);
  }
  if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
    goto preupdate_old_out;
  }

  /* If the old.* record has not yet been loaded into memory, do so now. */
  if( p->pUnpacked==0 ){

    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aRec);
      goto preupdate_old_out;
    }
    p->aRecord = aRec;
  }

  if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){
    *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
  }else{
    Mem *pMem = *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
  pMem = *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
    *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
    if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey1);
    }else if( p->pTab->aCol[iIdx].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
  if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey1);
  }else if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){
    *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
  }else if( p->pTab->aCol[iIdx].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
      }
    }
  }

 preupdate_old_out:
  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Mem *pMem;

  if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    goto preupdate_new_out;
  }
  if( p->pPk && p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE ){
    iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx);
  }
  if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
    goto preupdate_new_out;
  }

  if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
    /* For an INSERT, memory cell p->iNewReg contains the serialized record
    ** that is being inserted. Deserialize it. */
    UnpackedRecord *pUnpack = p->pNewUnpacked;
    if( !pUnpack ){
      Mem *pData = &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg];
      rc = ExpandBlob(pData);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out;
      pUnpack = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, pData->n, pData->z);
      if( !pUnpack ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto preupdate_new_out;
      }
      p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack;
    }
    if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){
      pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
    }else{
      pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx];
      if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
    pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx];
    if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
      }
    }else if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){
      pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
    }
  }else{
    /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required
    ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it.
    ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the
    ** caller may modify the value text encoding.
    */

  unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
#endif
  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
  i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
#endif
  /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/

  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
  assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
  assert( p->explain==0 );
  p->pResultSet = 0;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK

  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
    pFrame = p->pFrame;
    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
    p->nFrame--;
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
    pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
      /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
      pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1;

  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==sqlite3VListNumToName(p->pVList,pOp->p1) );
  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]

  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
  }
#endif
  MemSetTypeFlag(pCtx->pOut, MEM_Null);
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Remember rowid changes made by xSFunc */

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
    if( pCtx->isError ){
      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pCtx->pOut));
      rc = pCtx->isError;
    }

  if( iCompare!=0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator in the next
** instruction.  The permutation is stored in the P4 operand.
**
** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
**
** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array
** and does not become part of the permutation.
*/
case OP_Permutation: {
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai + 1;
  assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_Compare );
  assert( pOp[1].p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
**
** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this

  int i;
  int p1;
  int p2;
  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int idx;
  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
  int *aPermute;     /* The permutation */

  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ){
    aPermute = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pOp>aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Permutation );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
    aPermute = pOp[-1].p4.ai + 1;
    assert( aPermute!=0 );
  }
  n = pOp->p3;
  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
  assert( n>0 );
  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
  p1 = pOp->p1;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG

    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
    if( iCompare ){
      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
      break;
    }
  }
  aPermute = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than

  if( zAffinity ){
    pRec = pData0;
    do{
      applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
      assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
    }while( zAffinity[0] );
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
  /* NULLs can be safely trimmed from the end of the record, as long as
  ** as the schema format is 2 or more and none of the omitted columns
  ** have a non-NULL default value.  Also, the record must be left with
  ** at least one field.  If P5>0 then it will be one more than the
  ** index of the right-most column with a non-NULL default value */
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    while( (pLast->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 && nField>pOp->p5 ){
      pLast--;
      nField--;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
  */
  pRec = pLast;
  do{
    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );

  pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( memIsValid(pData) );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable );
  assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || pC->isTable );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE || pOp->p4type>=P4_STATIC );
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);

  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
    pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
    assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
    x.nKey = pKey->u.i;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
    x.nKey = pOp->p3;
  }

  if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
    assert( pC->isTable );
    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName;
    pTab = pOp->p4.pTab;
    assert( HasRowid(pTab) );
    assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || HasRowid(pTab) );
    op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
  }else{
    pTab = 0; /* Not needed.  Silence a comiler warning. */
    pTab = 0; /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
    zDb = 0;  /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
  /* Invoke the pre-update hook, if any */
  if( db->xPreUpdateCallback 
   && pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE
   && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
  ){
    sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, x.nKey, pOp->p2);
  }
  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
#endif

  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = x.nKey;
  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = x.nKey;
  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
    x.pData = 0;
    x.nData = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
    x.pData = pData->z;
    x.nData = pData->n;
  }
  seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
  if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
    x.nZero = pData->u.nZero;
  }else{
    x.nZero = 0;
  }
  x.pKey = 0;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
                          (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult
      (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), seekResult
  );
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  if( db->xUpdateCallback && op ){

  }else{
    zDb = 0;   /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
    pTab = 0;  /* Not needed.  Silence a compiler warning. */
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
  /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */
  if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab && HasRowid(pTab) ){
    assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) );
  if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){
    assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) 
         || HasRowid(pTab)==0 
         || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) 
    );
    sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC,
        (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, 
        zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget,
        pOp->p3
    );
  }
  if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;

  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at 
** which cursor P1 is currently pointing.
** There is no interpretation of the data.  
** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row.
** If cursor P2 is a table, then the content extracted is the data.
**
** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
** If P3!=0 then this opcode is allowed to make an ephermeral pointer
** into the database page.  That means that the content of the output
** register will be invalidated as soon as the cursor moves - including
** moves caused by other cursors that "save" the the current cursors
** position in order that they can write to the same table.  If P3==0
** then a copy of the data is made into memory.  P3!=0 is faster, but
** P3==0 is safer.
**
** If P3!=0 then the content of the P2 register is unsuitable for use
** in OP_Result and any OP_Result will invalidate the P2 register content.
** The P2 register content is invalidated by opcodes like OP_Function or
** by any use of another cursor pointing to the same table.
*/
case OP_RowData: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  u32 n;

  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
  assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );

#endif

  n = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr);
  if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  testcase( n==0 );
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, MAX(n,32)) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  pOut->n = n;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut);
  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
  if( !pOp->p3 ) Deephemeralize(pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid

    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
  }else{
    x.nKey = pIn2->n;
    x.pKey = pIn2->z;
    x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3;
    x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
         (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, 
         (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), 
        ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
        );
    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error;
  break;

      pTabCur->deferredMoveto = 1;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY || pOp->p4.ai==0 );
      pTabCur->aAltMap = pOp->p4.ai;
      pTabCur->pAltCursor = pC;
    }else{
      pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
      pOut->u.i = rowid;
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid );
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&aMem[pOp->p2]);
  }
  break;
}

        || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) );
    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
    assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
  }

  p->nFrame++;
  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
  pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange;
  assert( pFrame->pAuxData==0 );
  pFrame->pAuxData = p->pAuxData;
  p->pAuxData = 0;
  p->nChange = 0;
  p->pFrame = pFrame;

    }
    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
      db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
      db->lastRowid = rowid;
    }
    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }else{
        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
      }

    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
  }

  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
  ** top. */
vdbe_return:
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  testcase( nVmStep>0 );
  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 
       || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 
  );
  return rc;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB

/*
** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
struct Incrblob {
  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
  int iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
  u16 iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
  char *zDb;              /* Database name */
  Table *pTab;            /* Table object */
};

** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
  int rc;                         /* Error code */
  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;

  /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. 
  ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid 
  /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. 
  ** This is done directly as a performance optimization
  ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
  */
  assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
  v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
  v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int;
  v->aMem[1].u.i = iRow;

  /* If the statement has been run before (and is paused at the OP_ResultRow)
  ** then back it up to the point where it does the OP_SeekRowid.  This could
  ** have been down with an extra OP_Goto, but simply setting the program
  ** counter is faster. */
  if( v->pc>3 ){
    v->pc = 3;
    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(v);
  }else{
  rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
    VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
    u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol];
    u32 type = pC->nHdrParsed>p->iCol ? pC->aType[p->iCol] : 0;
    testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol );
    testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol+1 );
    if( type<12 ){
      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
      );
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
      p->pStmt = 0;

*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
  int wrFlag,             /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
){
  int nAttempt = 0;
  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  char *zErr = 0;
  Table *pTab;

#endif
  *ppBlob = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
  wrFlag = !!wrFlag;                /* wrFlag = (wrFlag ? 1 : 0); */

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);

  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;

      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
      goto blob_open_out;
    }

    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
    */
    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
    if( flags ){
    if( wrFlag ){
      const char *zFault = 0;
      Index *pIdx;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 

      ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
      ** transaction.
      */
      static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
      static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
        {OP_TableLock,      0, 0, 0},  /* 0: Acquire a read or write lock */
        {OP_OpenRead,       0, 0, 0},  /* 1: Open a cursor */
        {OP_Variable,       1, 1, 0},  /* 2: Move ?1 into reg[1] */
        {OP_NotExists,      0, 7, 1},  /* 3: Seek the cursor */
        {OP_Column,         0, 0, 1},  /* 4  */
        {OP_ResultRow,      1, 0, 0},  /* 5  */
        /* blobSeekToRow() will initialize r[1] to the desired rowid */
        {OP_NotExists,      0, 5, 1},  /* 2: Seek the cursor to rowid=r[1] */
        {OP_Column,         0, 0, 1},  /* 3  */
        {OP_ResultRow,      1, 0, 0},  /* 4  */
        {OP_Goto,           0, 2, 0},  /* 6  */
        {OP_Halt,           0, 0, 0},  /* 7  */
        {OP_Halt,           0, 0, 0},  /* 5  */
      };
      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
      VdbeOp *aOp;

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, 
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, 
                           pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
                           pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);     
      aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);

      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 

      if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
        assert( aOp!=0 );
        /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
        aOp[0].opcode = OP_Noop;
#else
        aOp[0].p1 = iDb;
        aOp[0].p2 = pTab->tnum;
        aOp[0].p3 = flags;
        aOp[0].p3 = wrFlag;
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
      }
      if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
#endif

        /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
        ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
        if( flags ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
        if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
        aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum;
        aOp[1].p3 = iDb;   

        /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
        ** think that the table has one more column than it really
        ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
        ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
        ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
        ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
        */
        aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32;
        aOp[1].p4.i = pTab->nCol+1;
        aOp[4].p2 = pTab->nCol;
        aOp[3].p2 = pTab->nCol;

        pParse->nVar = 1;
        pParse->nVar = 0;
        pParse->nMem = 1;
        pParse->nTab = 1;
        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
      }
    }
   
    pBlob->flags = flags;
    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
    pBlob->db = db;
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      goto blob_open_out;
    }
    sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
  } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );

blob_open_out:
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
  }else{

*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
** table and column.
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

/*
** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
** outer query into an inner subquery.
**

          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
  if( pExpr->pRight ){
    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
  }else if( NEVER(aff==0) ){
  }else if( aff==0 ){
    aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
  }
  return aff;
}

/*
** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.

    x = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
  }else{
    int doAdd = 0;
    if( z[0]=='?' ){
      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
      ** use it as the variable number */
      i64 i;
      int bOk;
      if( n==2 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
        i = z[1]-'0';  /* The common case of ?N for a single digit N */
        bOk = 1;
      }else{
      int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
        bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
      x = (ynVar)i;
      }
      testcase( i==0 );
      testcase( i==1 );
      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
        return;
      }
      x = (ynVar)i;
      if( x>pParse->nVar ){
        pParse->nVar = (int)x;
        doAdd = 1;
      }else if( sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, x)==0 ){
        doAdd = 1;
      }
    }else{

    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
  }
  return pNew;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  Select *pNew, *pPrior;
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *pDup, int flags){
  Select *pRet = 0;
  Select *pNext = 0;
  Select **pp = &pRet;
  Select *p;

  assert( db!=0 );
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
  pNew->op = p->op;
  for(p=pDup; p; p=p->pPrior){
    Select *pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p) );
    if( pNew==0 ) break;
    pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
    pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
    pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
    pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
    pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
    pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
    pNew->op = p->op;
  pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
  if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
  pNew->pNext = 0;
  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
  pNew->iLimit = 0;
  pNew->iOffset = 0;
  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
  sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
  return pNew;
    pNew->pNext = pNext;
    pNew->pPrior = 0;
    pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
    pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
    pNew->iLimit = 0;
    pNew->iOffset = 0;
    pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
    pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
    pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
    pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
    pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
    sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
    *pp = pNew;
    pp = &pNew->pPrior;
    pNext = pNew;
  }

  return pRet;
}
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
#endif

** pColumns and pExpr form a vector assignment which is part of the SET
** clause of an UPDATE statement.  Like this:
**
**        (a,b,c) = (expr1,expr2,expr3)
** Or:    (a,b,c) = (SELECT x,y,z FROM ....)
**
** For each term of the vector assignment, append new entries to the
** expression list pList.  In the case of a subquery on the LHS, append
** expression list pList.  In the case of a subquery on the RHS, append
** TK_SELECT_COLUMN expressions.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(
  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,       /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
  IdList *pColumns,      /* List of names of LHS of the assignment */
  Expr *pExpr            /* Vector expression to be appended. Might be NULL */

      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
      u32 constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */

      if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){
        /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions
        ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */
        return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
      }
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
        pFarg = 0;
      }else{
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;

      /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op.  The result is the value
      ** of the first argument.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
        assert( nFarg>=1 );
        return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
      }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* The AFFINITY() function evaluates to a string that describes
      ** the type affinity of the argument.  This is used for testing of
      ** the SQLite type logic.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY ){
        const char *azAff[] = { "blob", "text", "numeric", "integer", "real" };
        char aff;
        assert( nFarg==1 );
        aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
        sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, 
                              aff ? azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB] : "none");
        return target;
      }
#endif

      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
          testcase( i==31 );
          constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
        }
        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){

  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
  return inReg;
}

/*
** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
**
** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the
** result is not reusable.  If regDest<0 then this routine is free to 
** store the value whereever it wants.  The register where the expression 
** is stored is returned.  When regDest<0, two identical expressions will
** code to the same register.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
  int regDest,      /* Store the value in this register */
  int regDest       /* Store the value in this register */
  u8 reusable       /* True if this expression is reusable */
){
  ExprList *p;
  assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
  p = pParse->pConstExpr;
  if( regDest<0 && p ){
    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
    int i;
    for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
      if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
        return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
      }
    }
  }
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
  p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
  if( p ){
     struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
     pItem->reusable = regDest<0;
     if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem;
     pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
     pItem->reusable = reusable;
  }
  pParse->pConstExpr = p;
  return regDest;
}

/*
** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
** are stored.
**

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
  int r2;
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
  if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
   && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
   && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
  ){
    ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr;
    int i;
    *pReg  = 0;
    if( p ){
      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
      for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
        if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
          return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
        }
      }
    }
    r2 = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1);
    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
  }else{
    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
    if( r2==r1 ){
      *pReg = r1;
    }else{
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);

** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
** in register target.  If the expression is constant, then this routine
** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
  if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result

      if( flags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF ){
        i--;
        n--;
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i);
      }
    }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0);
      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
    }else{
      int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
      if( inReg!=target+i ){
        VdbeOp *pOp;
        if( copyOp==OP_Copy
         && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL.  It is
** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program.  (See
** the callStatGet() routine below.)  It is guaranteed that the P
** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a
** NULL.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
static void statGet(

         || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] 
        ){
          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
          nSum100 += 100;
        }
      }

      if( nDist100>nSum100 ){
      if( nDist100>nSum100 && sumEq<nRow ){
        avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100);
      }
      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
    }
  }
}

    return;
  }
  assert( pVfs );
  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
  sqlite3_free( zPath );
  db->nDb++;
  db->skipBtreeMutex = 0;
  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Pager *pPager;
    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
    if( !aNew->pSchema ){

      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE && sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){
        pParse->isMultiWrite = 0;
      }
    }else
#endif
    {
      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
      int iIdxNoSeek = -1;
      if( bComplex==0 && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){
        iIdxNoSeek = aiCurOnePass[1];
      }
      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
          iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, iIdxNoSeek);
          iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]);
    }
  
    /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
    }else if( pPk ){

**   ONEPASS_MULTI.  If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor
**   iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF
**   then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk
**   and nPk before reading from it.
**
**   If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
**   of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if 
**   iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then its position should
**   be preserved following the delete operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not
**   a valid cursor number, the position of iDataCur should be preserved
**   iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as
**   iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete
**   operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the
**   position of iDataCur should be preserved instead.
**   instead.
**
** iIdxNoSeek:
**   If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then it identifies an
**   index cursor (from within array of cursors starting at iIdxCur) that
**   already points to the index entry to be deleted.
**   If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) not equal to iDataCur,
**   then it identifies an index cursor (from within array of cursors
**   starting at iIdxCur) that already points to the index entry to be deleted.
**   Except, this optimization is disabled if there are BEFORE triggers since
**   the trigger body might have moved the cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */

    addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
    );

    /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the 
    ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
    ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was
    ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was
    ** pointing to.
    **
    ** Also disable the iIdxNoSeek optimization since the BEFORE trigger
    ** may have moved that cursor.
    */
    if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
      testcase( iIdxNoSeek>=0 );
      iIdxNoSeek = -1;
    }

    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
  }

  ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the 
  ** pre-update-hook is.
  */ 
  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
    u8 p5 = 0;
    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE);
      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE);
    }
    if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_AUXDELETE);
    }
    if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 ){
    if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 && iIdxNoSeek!=iDataCur ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek);
    }
    if( eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI ) p5 |= OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION;
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
  }

  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to

    ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
    ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the OP_RealAffinity
    ** opcode if it is present */
    sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
  }
  if( regOut ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
    if( pIdx->pTable->pSelect ){
      const char *zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pIdx);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
    }
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
  return regBase;
}

/*
** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
    FUNCTION2(unlikely,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
    FUNCTION2(likelihood,        2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    FUNCTION2(affinity,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY),
#endif
    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),

        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
        }
        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
            regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace,
            (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), -1);
            (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), iThisCur);
        seenReplace = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
    if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
  }
  if( ipkTop ){
    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
  }
  
  *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
/*
** Change the P5 operand on the last opcode (which should be an OP_MakeRecord)
** to be the number of columns in table pTab that must not be NULL-trimmed.
**
** Or if no columns of pTab may be NULL-trimmed, leave P5 at zero.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
  u16 i;

  /* Records with omitted columns are only allowed for schema format
  ** version 2 and later (SQLite version 3.1.4, 2005-02-20). */
  if( pTab->pSchema->file_format<2 ) return;

  for(i=pTab->nCol; i>1 && pTab->aCol[i-1].pDflt==0; i--){}
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i);
}
#endif

/*
** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
** rowid and the content to be inserted.
**
** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int iDataCur,       /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
  int iIdxCur,        /* First index cursor */
  int regNewData,     /* Range of content */
  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int update_flags,   /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
){
  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
  int regRec;         /* Register holding assembled record for the table */
  int i;              /* Loop counter */
  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */

  assert( update_flags==0
       || update_flags==OPFLAG_ISUPDATE
       || update_flags==(OPFLAG_ISUPDATE|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)
  );

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
    bAffinityDone = 1;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i],
                         aRegIdx[i]+1,
                         pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol: pIdx->nColumn);
    pik_flags = 0;
    pik_flags = (useSeekResult ? OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT : 0);
    if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
      assert( pParse->nested==0 );
      pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
      pik_flags |= (update_flags & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
      if( update_flags==0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_InsertInt, 
            iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], 0, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE
        );
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP);
    }
      }
#endif
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i],
                         aRegIdx[i]+1,
                         pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol: pIdx->nColumn);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
  }
  if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
  regData = regNewData + 1;
  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
  sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pTab);
  if( !bAffinityDone ){
    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
  }
  if( pParse->nested ){
    pik_flags = 0;
  }else{
    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
    pik_flags |= (update_flags?update_flags:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
  }
  if( appendBias ){
    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
  }
  if( useSeekResult ){
    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
  }

      autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
    }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
    }else{
      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
      assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1);
      insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|
                           OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
    }else{
      insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND;
    }

    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
      /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
      ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
      ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
      ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted 
      ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
      ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_Last is added before the

#endif

#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */

/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include <string.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
** for any missing APIs.
*/

  return azModeName[eMode];
}

/*
** Locate a pragma in the aPragmaName[] array.
*/
static const PragmaName *pragmaLocate(const char *zName){
  int upr, lwr, mid, rc;
  int upr, lwr, mid = 0, rc;
  lwr = 0;
  upr = ArraySize(aPragmaName)-1;
  while( lwr<=upr ){
    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
    rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zName, aPragmaName[mid].zName);
    if( rc==0 ) break;
    if( rc<0 ){

  int r1;

  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1, iMem, N);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
}

/*
** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
** of a SELECT.
**

      return SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 ));

    pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
    pParse->pWith = pWith;
    if( bMayRecursive ){
      Select *pPrior = pSel->pPrior;
      assert( pPrior->pWith==0 );
      pPrior->pWith = pSel->pWith;
      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pPrior);
      pPrior->pWith = 0;
    }else{
    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
    }
    pParse->pWith = pWith;

    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
    if( pCte->pCols ){
      if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",

**
** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
** names and other FROM clause elements. 
*/
static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
  if( pParse->pWith && p->pPrior==0 ){
  With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
  if( pWith!=0 ){
    assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
    pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
    With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
    if( pWith!=0 ){
      assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
      pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
    }
  }
}
#else
#define selectPopWith 0
#endif

/*

    return WRC_Abort;
  }
  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  pTabList = p->pSrc;
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2==selectPopWith ){
    sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0);
  if( p->pWith ){
    sqlite3WithPush(pParse, p->pWith, 0);
  }

  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
  */
  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);

  w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop;
  w.pParse = pParse;
  if( pParse->hasCompound ){
    w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
    sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
  }
  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
  if( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 ){
    w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
  }
  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()

        }
  
        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
        ** of output.
        */
        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0);
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax, 0,flag,0);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){

** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/

    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
    if( pValue ){
      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM);
    }
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
    }
  if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
  }
#endif
  }
}

/*
** Process an UPDATE statement.
**
**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/

  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
  int iBaseCur;          /* Base cursor number */
  int iDataCur;          /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor for the first index */
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* First register in array assigned to each index */
  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
  u8 *aToOpen;           /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
  u8 chngPk;             /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
  u8 chngRowid;          /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
  u8 chngKey;            /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
  int eOnePass;          /* ONEPASS_XXX value from where.c */
  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
  int labelBreak;        /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
  int labelContinue;     /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
  int flags;             /* Flags for sqlite3WhereBegin() */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
#endif
  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
  int iEph = 0;          /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
  int nKey = 0;          /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
  int addrOpen = 0;      /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
  i16 nPk = 0;           /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
  int bReplace = 0;      /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */

  /* Register Allocations */
  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
  int regOldRowid = 0;   /* The old rowid */
  int regNewRowid = 0;   /* The new rowid */
  int regNew = 0;        /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */

    }else{
      reg = 0;
      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
        i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        if( iIdxCol<0 || aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0 ){
          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
          pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn;
          if( (onError==OE_Replace)
           || (onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace) 
          ){
            bReplace = 1;
          }
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
  }
  if( bReplace ){
    /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all 
    ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records.  */
    memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
  }

  /* Begin generating code. */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
                       pWhere, onError);
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
#endif

  /* Begin the database scan
  /* Initialize the count of updated rows */
  */
  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0,
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
            WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED | WHERE_SEEK_TABLE, iIdxCur
    );
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
  
    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
    if( !okOnePass ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
    }
  
  }

    /* End the database scan loop.
    */
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
  }else{
    int iPk;         /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
    i16 nPk;         /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
    int addrOpen;    /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */

    assert( pPk!=0 );
    nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
    iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
    pParse->nMem += nPk;
    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
    iEph = pParse->nTab++;

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
    addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
  }

  /* Begin the database scan. 
  **
  ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
  ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
  ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these
  ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table
  ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction.  */
  flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE;
  if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){
    flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW;
  }
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur);
                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;

  /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not
  ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being
  ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like
  ** the following could create an infinite loop:
  **
  **   UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>?
  **
  ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI
  ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being
  ** updated.  */
  eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
  if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
    int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1];
    if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){
      eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
    }
    assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) );
  }
  
  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
    /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF
    ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes,
    ** leave it in register regOldRowid.  */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
    }
  }else{
    /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In
    ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in
    ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change
    ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table 
    ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers.  */
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i],
      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,pPk->aiColumn[i],iPk+i);
                                      iPk+i);
    }
    if( okOnePass ){
    if( eOnePass ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
      nKey = nPk;
      regKey = iPk;
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk);
    }
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
  */
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
  if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

  labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  if( !isView ){
    int addrOnce = 0;
    /* 
    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any

    /* Open every index that needs updating. */
    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
    ** to be deleting some records.
    */
    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
    }else{
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
          memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
          break;
        }
      }
    }

    }
    if( okOnePass ){
      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){
      addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
                               0, 0);
    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
  }

  /* Top of the update loop */
  if( okOnePass ){
    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] && !isView ){
  if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
    if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){
      assert( pPk );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
    }
    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
    labelContinue = labelBreak;
      labelContinue = labelBreak;
    }else{
      labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
  }else if( pPk ){
    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey);

        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
      }
    }
  }

  if( !isView ){
    int addr1 = 0;        /* Address of jump instruction */
    int bReplace = 0;     /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */

    /* Do constraint checks. */
    assert( regOldRowid>0 );
    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
        regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace,
        aXRef);

    ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned
    ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol
    ** is the column index supplied by the user.
    */
    assert( regNew==regNewRowid+1 );
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur,
        OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP),
        OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK || chngKey) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP),
        regNewRowid
    );
    if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
      assert( hasFK==0 && chngKey==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION);
    }
    if( !pParse->nested ){
      sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE);
    }
#else
    if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){
    if( hasFK || chngKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
    }
#endif
    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    }

    if( hasFK ){
      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
    }
  
    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
                             regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
        pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 
        OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), 
        0, 0
    );

    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
    ** to the row just updated. */ 
    if( hasFK ){
      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
    }

  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);

  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
  */
  if( okOnePass ){
  if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
    /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
  }else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }else if( pPk ){
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);

      testcase( op==OP_IdxLE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
    }

    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
    if( omitTable ){
      /* pIdx is a covering index.  No need to access the main table. */
    }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
      if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE)!=0 ){
      if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || (
          (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE) 
       && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE)
      )){
        iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
        sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }else{
        codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur);

  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
  int noCase = 0;                  /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */
  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;  /* Parsing context */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
  unsigned char eOp2;              /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */
  int nLeft;                       /* Number of elements on left side vector */

  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return;
  }
  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;

  }
  prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
    Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
    prereqAll |= x;
    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
    if( (prereqAll>>1)>=x ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON clause references tables to its right");
      return;
    }
  }
  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
  pTerm->iParent = -1;
  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  if( allowedOp(op) ){
    int iCur, iColumn;

  ** new terms completely replace the original vector comparison, which is
  ** no longer used.
  **
  ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation
  ** is not a sub-select.  */
  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
  && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS)
  && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1
  && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft)
  && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft
  && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 
    || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0
  )){
    || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0)
  ){
    int nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
    int i;
    assert( nLeft==sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight) );
    for(i=0; i<nLeft; i++){
      int idxNew;
      Expr *pNew;
      Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, i);
      Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i);

      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight);

  pScan->idxaff = 0;
  pScan->zCollName = 0;
  if( pIdx ){
    int j = iColumn;
    iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){
      pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr;
      pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
    }else if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
      iColumn = XN_ROWID;
    }else if( iColumn>=0 ){
      pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
      pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
    }
  }else if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){

            assert( x>=0 );
          }
          x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
          if( x>=0 ){
            pOp->p2 = x;
            pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
          }
          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 );
          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 
              || pWInfo->eOnePass );
        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
        }
      }
    }
  }

/*
** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null
** pointer.
*/
#define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1

/*
** In the amalgamation, the parse.c file generated by lemon and the
** tokenize.c file are concatenated.  In that case, sqlite3RunParser()
** has access to the the size of the yyParser object and so the parser
** engine can be allocated from stack.  In that case, only the
** sqlite3ParserInit() and sqlite3ParserFinalize() routines are invoked
** and the sqlite3ParserAlloc() and sqlite3ParserFree() routines can be
** omitted.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
# define sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK 1
#endif

/*
** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed
** into sqlite3ParserAlloc().  The default is size_t.
*/
#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE  u64

/*

** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
** grammar.
*/
#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE
# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
#endif

/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypParser){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)yypParser;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  pParser->yyhwm = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  pParser->yytos = NULL;
  pParser->yystack = NULL;
  pParser->yystksz = 0;
  if( yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
    pParser->yystack = &pParser->yystk0;
    pParser->yystksz = 1;
  }
#endif
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
  pParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
  pParser->yytos = pParser->yystack;
  pParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
  pParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
}

#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
  if( pParser ) sqlite3ParserInit(pParser);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyhwm = 0;
  return pParser;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yytos = NULL;
    pParser->yystack = NULL;
    pParser->yystksz = 0;
    if( yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
      pParser->yystack = &pParser->yystk0;
      pParser->yystksz = 1;
    }
#endif
}
#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
    pParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
    pParser->yytos = pParser->yystack;
    pParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    pParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
  }

  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.

      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor);
}

/*
** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
}

#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
  if( pParser==0 ) return;
  if( p==0 ) return;
#endif
  while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
  sqlite3ParserFinalize(p);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
  (*freeProc)(p);
}
#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */

/*
** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
*/
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;

  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
  unsigned char zSpace[sizeof(yyParser)];  /* Space for parser engine object */
#endif

  assert( zSql!=0 );
  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  pParse->zTail = zSql;
  i = 0;
  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
  /* sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); */
#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
  pEngine = zSpace;
  sqlite3ParserInit(pEngine);
#else
  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc);
  if( pEngine==0 ){
    sqlite3OomFault(db);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->pVList==0 );
  while( 1 ){
    assert( i>=0 );
    if( zSql[i]!=0 ){

#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex());
  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
  );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex());
#endif /* YYDEBUG */
#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
  sqlite3ParserFinalize(pEngine);
#else
  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
#endif
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }
  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
    pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
  }
  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );

  int nAutoincrmerge;             /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
  u32 nLeafAdd;                   /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */

  /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these 
  ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. 
  */
  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
  sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt;        /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */

  char *zReadExprlist;
  char *zWriteExprlist;

  int nNodeSize;                  /* Soft limit for node size */
  u8 bFts4;                       /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
  u8 bHasStat;                    /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */

** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
*/
struct Fts3Cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
  i16 eSearch;                    /* Search strategy (see below) */
  u8 isEof;                       /* True if at End Of Results */
  u8 isRequireSeek;               /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
  u8 bSeekStmt;                   /* True if pStmt is a seek */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Parsed MATCH query string */
  int iLangid;                    /* Language being queried for */
  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
  sqlite3_int64 iPrevId;          /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
  char *pNextId;                  /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */

  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
  int i;

  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
  assert( p->pSegments==0 );

  /* Free any prepared statements held */
  sqlite3_finalize(p->pSeekStmt);
  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
    sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
  }
  sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
  sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
  sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
  sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);

  p->db = db;
  p->nColumn = nCol;
  p->nPendingData = 0;
  p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
  p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
  p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
  p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
  p->bHasStat = isFts4;
  p->bFts4 = isFts4;
  p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
  p->bHasStat = (u8)isFts4;
  p->bFts4 = (u8)isFts4;
  p->bDescIdx = (u8)bDescIdx;
  p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff;   /* 0xff means setting unknown */
  p->zContentTbl = zContent;
  p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
  zContent = 0;
  zLanguageid = 0;
  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );

  *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
  if( !pCsr ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Finalize the statement handle at pCsr->pStmt.
**
** Or, if that statement handle is one created by fts3CursorSeekStmt(),
** and the Fts3Table.pSeekStmt slot is currently NULL, save the statement
** pointer there instead of finalizing it.
*/
static void fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  if( pCsr->bSeekStmt ){
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
    if( p->pSeekStmt==0 ){
      p->pSeekStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
      sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
      pCsr->pStmt = 0;
    }
    pCsr->bSeekStmt = 0;
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
}

/*
** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
*/
static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
  fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr);
  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
  sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
  sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
**
**    "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
**
** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
**
** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
    char *zSql;
    if( p->pSeekStmt ){
      pCsr->pStmt = p->pSeekStmt;
      p->pSeekStmt = 0;
    }else{
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
    if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }
  *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
      if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pCsr->bSeekStmt = 1;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
** of the %_content table that contains the last match.  Return
** SQLITE_OK on success.  
*/
static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;

    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt);
    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);

  if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
  assert( iIdx==nVal );

  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
  fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
  sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));

  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);

    if( zSql ){
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt);
    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons);
    }
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);

    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName);
    if( zSql ){
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW);
        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat;
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = (u8)bHasStat;
      }
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  return rc;

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef unsigned int u32;
#endif

/*  The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
*/

** An rtree virtual-table object.
*/
struct Rtree {
  sqlite3_vtab base;          /* Base class.  Must be first */
  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
  u8 nDim;                    /* Number of dimensions */
  u8 nDim2;                   /* Twice the number of dimensions */
  u8 eCoordType;              /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
  u8 nBytesPerCell;           /* Bytes consumed per cell */
  u8 inWrTrans;               /* True if inside write transaction */
  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
  u32 nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
  i64 nRowEst;                /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
  u32 nCursor;                /* Number of open cursors */

  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
  */
  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */

  /* Blob I/O on xxx_node */
  sqlite3_blob *pNodeBlob;

  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;

  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;

#ifndef MAX
# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
#endif
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
#endif

/* What version of GCC is being used.  0 means GCC is not being used .
** Note that the GCC_VERSION macro will also be set correctly when using
** clang, since clang works hard to be gcc compatible.  So the gcc
** optimizations will also work when compiling with clang.
*/
#ifndef GCC_VERSION
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
#else
# define GCC_VERSION 0
#endif
#endif

/* The testcase() macro should already be defined in the amalgamation.  If
** it is not, make it a no-op.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
# define testcase(X)
#endif

/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
**
** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
** at run-time.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER
#if defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
    defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
    defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
    defined(__arm__)
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
#elif defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__)
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
#else
# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
#endif
#endif


/* What version of MSVC is being used.  0 means MSVC is not being used */
#ifndef MSVC_VERSION
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER
#else
# define MSVC_VERSION 0
#endif
#endif

/*
** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
*/
static int readInt16(u8 *p){
  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
}
static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
  assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* p is always 4-byte aligned */
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
  pCoord->u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)p);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  pCoord->u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)p);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  pCoord->u = *(u32*)p;
#else
  pCoord->u = (
    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
  );
#endif
}
static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
  u64 x;
  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
  return (i64)_byteswap_uint64(x);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  u64 x;
  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
  return (i64)__builtin_bswap64(x);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  i64 x;
  memcpy(&x, p, 8);
  return x;
#else
  return (
    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
  );
#endif
}

/*
** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
*/
static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
static void writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
  return 2;
}
static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
  u32 i;
  assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* p is always 4-byte aligned */
  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  i = __builtin_bswap32(pCoord->u);
  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
  i = _byteswap_ulong(pCoord->u);
  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  i = pCoord->u;
  memcpy(p, &i, 4);
#else
  i = pCoord->u;
  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
#endif
  return 4;
}
static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
  i = (i64)__builtin_bswap64((u64)i);
  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
  i = (i64)_byteswap_uint64((u64)i);
  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
  memcpy(p, &i, 8);
#else
  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
#endif
  return 8;
}

/*
** Increment the reference count of node p.
*/
static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){

    pNode->nRef = 1;
    pNode->pParent = pParent;
    pNode->isDirty = 1;
    nodeReference(pParent);
  }
  return pNode;
}

/*
** Clear the Rtree.pNodeBlob object
*/
static void nodeBlobReset(Rtree *pRtree){
  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob && pRtree->inWrTrans==0 && pRtree->nCursor==0 ){
    sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob;
    pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0;
    sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob);
  }
}

/*
** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
*/
static int nodeAcquire(
  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
){
  int rc;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
  RtreeNode *pNode;
  RtreeNode *pNode = 0;

  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
  ** increase its reference count and return it.
  */
  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
      nodeReference(pParent);
      pNode->pParent = pParent;
    }
    pNode->nRef++;
    *ppNode = pNode;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob ){
    sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob;
  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
    if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){
      pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
      if( !pNode ){
        rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }else{
        pNode->pParent = pParent;
        pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
        pNode->nRef = 1;
        pNode->iNode = iNode;
        pNode->isDirty = 0;
        pNode->pNext = 0;
        memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
        nodeReference(pParent);
      }
    }
    pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iNode);
    pRtree->pNodeBlob = pBlob;
    if( rc ){
      nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  if( pRtree->pNodeBlob==0 ){
    char *zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_node", pRtree->zName);
    if( zTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pRtree->db, pRtree->zDb, zTab, "data", iNode, 0,
                           &pRtree->pNodeBlob);
    sqlite3_free(zTab);
  }
  if( rc ){
    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
    *ppNode = 0;
    /* If unable to open an sqlite3_blob on the desired row, that can only
    ** be because the shadow tables hold erroneous data. */
    if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
  }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_blob_bytes(pRtree->pNodeBlob) ){
    pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
    if( !pNode ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pNode->pParent = pParent;
      pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
      pNode->nRef = 1;
      pNode->iNode = iNode;
      pNode->isDirty = 0;
      pNode->pNext = 0;
      rc = sqlite3_blob_read(pRtree->pNodeBlob, pNode->zData,
                             pRtree->iNodeSize, 0);
      nodeReference(pParent);
    }
  }
  }
  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;

  /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
  ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
  ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
  ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
  ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
  */

  RtreeNode *pNode,          /* The node into which the cell is to be written */
  RtreeCell *pCell,          /* The cell to write */
  int iCell                  /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */
){
  int ii;
  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii++){
    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
  }
  pNode->isDirty = 1;
}

/*
** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode.

  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node containing the cell to be read */
  int iCell,                   /* Index of the cell within the node */
  RtreeCell *pCell             /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */
){
  u8 *pData;
  RtreeCoord *pCoord;
  int ii;
  int ii = 0;
  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
  pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell);
  pCoord = pCell->aCoord;
  do{
    readCoord(pData, &pCoord[ii]);
    readCoord(pData+4, &pCoord[ii+1]);
    pData += 8;
    ii += 2;
  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){
  }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
    readCoord(&pData[ii*4], &pCoord[ii]);
  }
}


/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
*/
static int rtreeInit(

/*
** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
** zero the structure is deleted.
*/
static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
  pRtree->nBusy--;
  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
    pRtree->inWrTrans = 0;
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
    pRtree->nCursor = 0;
    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);

    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
  );
  if( !zCreate ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
  }

  return rc;
}

/* 
** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
*/
static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVTab;
  RtreeCursor *pCsr;

  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
  if( pCsr ){
    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    pRtree->nCursor++;
  }
  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;

  return rc;
}

/* 
** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
*/
static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
  int ii;
  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
  assert( pRtree->nCursor>0 );
  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
  for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
  pRtree->nCursor--;
  nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
**
** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 

** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
** endian platforms.  The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
** false.  a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
** Store the results in "r".
**
** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and
** There are five versions of this macro.  The last one is generic.  The
** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation.  The endian-
** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the
** processor endianness is known at compile-time.  The SQLITE_BYTEORDER
** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific
** other four are various architectures-specific optimizations.
** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part
** of the amalgamation.
*/
#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300
#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
    c.u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)a);                            \
    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
}
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
    c.u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)a);                          \
    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
}
#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
    c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)|                   \
          ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8);                   \
    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
}
#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
}
#else
#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \

  RtreeConstraint *pConstraint,  /* The constraint to test */
  int eInt,                      /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */
  u8 *pCellData,                 /* Raw cell content */
  RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch,     /* Container of this cell */
  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore,    /* OUT: score for the cell */
  int *peWithin                  /* OUT: visibility of the cell */
){
  int i;                                                /* Loop counter */
  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */
  int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord;                           /* No. of coordinates */
  int rc;                                             /* Callback return code */
  RtreeCoord c;                                       /* Translator union */
  sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];   /* Decoded coordinates */

  assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY );
  assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 );

  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){
    pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData);
  }
  pCellData += 8;
#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
  if( eInt==0 ){
  for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++, pCellData += 4){
    RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, aCoord[i]);
  }
    switch( nCoord ){
      case 10:  readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.f;
                readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.f;
      case 8:   readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.f;
                readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.f;
      case 6:   readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.f;
                readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.f;
      case 4:   readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.f;
                readCoord(pCellData+8,  &c); aCoord[2] = c.f;
      default:  readCoord(pCellData+4,  &c); aCoord[1] = c.f;
                readCoord(pCellData,    &c); aCoord[0] = c.f;
    }
  }else
#endif
  {
    switch( nCoord ){
      case 10:  readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.i;
                readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.i;
      case 8:   readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.i;
                readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.i;
      case 6:   readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.i;
                readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.i;
      case 4:   readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.i;
                readCoord(pCellData+8,  &c); aCoord[2] = c.i;
      default:  readCoord(pCellData+4,  &c); aCoord[1] = c.i;
                readCoord(pCellData,    &c); aCoord[0] = c.i;
    }
  }
  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
    int eWithin = 0;
    rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo,
                              nCoord, aCoord, &i);
    if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
                              nCoord, aCoord, &eWithin);
    if( eWithin==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
    *prScore = RTREE_ZERO;
  }else{
    pInfo->aCoord = aCoord;
    pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1;
    pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore;
    pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin;
    rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo);

  /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate
  ** in a coordinate pair.  But make pCellData point to the lower bound.
  */
  pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);

  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
  assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* 4-byte aligned */
  switch( p->op ){
    case RTREE_LE:
    case RTREE_LT:
    case RTREE_EQ:
      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
      /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */
      if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return;

  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
){
  RtreeDValue xN;      /* Coordinate value converted to a double */

  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
  pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
  assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 );  /* 4-byte aligned */
  RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN);
  switch( p->op ){
    case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
    case RTREE_LT: if( xN <  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
    case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
    case RTREE_GT: if( xN >  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
    default:       if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return;  break;

  if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
  if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
  if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Interchange to search points in a cursor.
** Interchange two search points in a cursor.
*/
static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
  RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
  assert( i<j );
  p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
  p->aPoint[j] = t;
  i++; j++;

      if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
        RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:");
        rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
      }
      if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO;
      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel);
      if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      p->eWithin = eWithin;
      p->eWithin = (u8)eWithin;
      p->id = x.id;
      p->iCell = x.iCell;
      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:");
      break;
    }
    if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:");

  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);

  if( rc ) return rc;
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( i==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
  }else{
    if( rc ) return rc;
    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c);
#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
    }else
#endif
    {

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){
      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0);
      assert( p!=0 );  /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */
      pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf;
      p->id = iNode;
      p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
      rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell);
      p->iCell = iCell;
      p->iCell = (u8)iCell;
      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:");
    }else{
      pCsr->atEOF = 1;
    }
  }else{
    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
    ** with the configured constraints. 

            ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
            ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
            */
            rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
              break;
            }
            p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
            p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim2;
            p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue;
            p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1;
          }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
#else
            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
#endif
          }
        }
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
      pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1);
      pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1));
      if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      pNew->id = 1;
      pNew->iCell = 0;
      pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
      assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 );
      pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot;
      pRoot = 0;
      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:");
      rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
    }
  }

  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
*/
static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
** least desirable):
**
**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
**   ------------------------------------------------

      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
      ** a single row.
      */ 
      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
      setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1);
      pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }

    if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
      u8 op;
      switch( p->op ){
        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
        default:
          assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
          op = RTREE_MATCH; 
          break;
      }
      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0';
      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = (char)(p->iColumn - 1 + '0');
      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
    }
  }

  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  nRow = pRtree->nRowEst >> (iIdx/2);
  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow;
  setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow);
  pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;

  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
*/
static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
  RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
  assert( pRtree->nDim>=1 && pRtree->nDim<=5 );
#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
    switch( pRtree->nDim ){
      case 5:  area  = p->aCoord[9].f - p->aCoord[8].f;
      case 4:  area *= p->aCoord[7].f - p->aCoord[6].f;
      case 3:  area *= p->aCoord[5].f - p->aCoord[4].f;
      case 2:  area *= p->aCoord[3].f - p->aCoord[2].f;
      default: area *= p->aCoord[1].f - p->aCoord[0].f;
    }
  }else
  int ii;
  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
    area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
#endif
  {
    switch( pRtree->nDim ){
      case 5:  area  = p->aCoord[9].i - p->aCoord[8].i;
      case 4:  area *= p->aCoord[7].i - p->aCoord[6].i;
      case 3:  area *= p->aCoord[5].i - p->aCoord[4].i;
      case 2:  area *= p->aCoord[3].i - p->aCoord[2].i;
      default: area *= p->aCoord[1].i - p->aCoord[0].i;
    }
  }
  return area;
}

/*
** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
** of the objects size in each dimension.
*/
static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
  RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0;
  int ii;
  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
  RtreeDValue margin = 0;
  int ii = pRtree->nDim2 - 2;
  do{
    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
    ii -= 2;
  }
  }while( ii>=0 );
  return margin;
}

/*
** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
*/
static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
  int ii;
  int ii = 0;
  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
    do{
      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
    }
      ii += 2;
    }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
  }else{
    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
    do{
      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
    }
      ii += 2;
    }while( ii<pRtree->nDim2 );
  }
}

/*
** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
** by p1. False otherwise.
*/
static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
  int ii;
  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){
    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
    ){
      return 0;
    }

  int nCell
){
  int ii;
  RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO;
  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
    int jj;
    RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
    for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
    for(jj=0; jj<pRtree->nDim2; jj+=2){
      RtreeDValue x1, x2;
      x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
      x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
      if( x2<x1 ){
        o = (RtreeDValue)0;
        break;
      }else{

    **
    ** NB: nData can only be less than nDim*2+3 if the rtree is mis-declared
    ** with "column" that are interpreted as table constraints.
    ** Example:  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE bad USING rtree(x,y,CHECK(y>5));
    ** This problem was discovered after years of use, so we silently ignore
    ** these kinds of misdeclared tables to avoid breaking any legacy.
    */
    assert( nData<=(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
    assert( nData<=(pRtree->nDim2 + 3) );

#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
      for(ii=0; ii<nData-4; ii+=2){
        cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){

    }
  }

constraint:
  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Called when a transaction starts.
*/
static int rtreeBeginTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
  assert( pRtree->inWrTrans==0 );
  pRtree->inWrTrans++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Called when a transaction completes (either by COMMIT or ROLLBACK).
** The sqlite3_blob object should be released at this point.
*/
static int rtreeEndTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
  pRtree->inWrTrans = 0;
  nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
*/
static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;

  );
  if( zSql ){
    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate
** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based
** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
*/
static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){

  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
  rtreeBeginTransaction,      /* xBegin - begin transaction */
  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xSync - sync transaction */
  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xCommit - commit transaction */
  rtreeEndTransaction,        /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
  rtreeRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
  0,                          /* xSavepoint */
  0,                          /* xRelease */
  0                           /* xRollbackTo */
  0,                          /* xRollbackTo */
};

static int rtreeSqlInit(
  Rtree *pRtree, 
  sqlite3 *db, 
  const char *zDb, 
  const char *zPrefix, 
  int isCreate
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  #define N_STATEMENT 9
  #define N_STATEMENT 8
  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
    /* Write the xxx_node table */
    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",

    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",

    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
  }

  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;

  rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree);
  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
    if( zSql ){
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
    }else{

    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
  pRtree->nDim = (u8)((argc-4)/2);
  pRtree->nDim2 = pRtree->nDim*2;
  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4;
  pRtree->eCoordType = (u8)eCoordType;
  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);

  /* Figure out the node size to use. */
  rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr);

  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If

  RtreeNode node;
  Rtree tree;
  int ii;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
  tree.nDim = (u8)sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
  tree.nDim2 = tree.nDim*2;
  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);

  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
    char zCell[512];
    int nCell = 0;
    RtreeCell cell;
    int jj;

    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
    nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim2; jj++){
#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g",
                       (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
#else
      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
                       cell.aCoord[jj].i);
#endif

  }
}

/*
** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
  struct IcuScalar {
  static const struct IcuScalar {
    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
    unsigned char nArg;                       /* Number of arguments */
    unsigned short enc;                       /* Optimal text encoding */
    unsigned char iContext;                   /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
  } scalars[] = {
    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,                1, icuLoadCollation},
    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuRegexpFunc},

    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,       1, icuCaseFunc16},

    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        1, icuCaseFunc16},
    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        1, icuCaseFunc16},

    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuLikeFunc},
    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,         0, icuLikeFunc},
    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuLikeFunc},
    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,        0, icuLikeFunc},

    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
  };

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;

  
  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
    const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, 
        p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0,
        p->xFunc, 0, 0
    );
  }

  return rc;
}

#if !SQLITE_CORE

}


/*
** Open the database handle and attach the RBU database as "rbu". If an
** error occurs, leave an error code and message in the RBU handle.
*/
static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p){
static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){
  assert( p->rc || (p->dbMain==0 && p->dbRbu==0) );
  assert( p->rc || rbuIsVacuum(p) || p->zTarget!=0 );

  /* Open the RBU database */
  p->dbRbu = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, 1);

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){

    rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) p->rc = rc;
    if( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){
      bOpen = 1;
    }else{
      RbuState *pState = rbuLoadState(p);
      if( pState ){
        bOpen = (pState->eStage>RBU_STAGE_MOVE);
        bOpen = (pState->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE);
        rbuFreeState(pState);
      }
    }
    if( bOpen ) p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, p->nRbu<=1);
  }

  p->eStage = 0;
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->dbMain==0 ){
    if( !rbuIsVacuum(p) ){
      p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zTarget, 1);
    }else if( p->pRbuFd->pWalFd ){
      if( pbRetry ){
        p->pRbuFd->bNolock = 0;
        sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu);
        sqlite3_close(p->dbMain);
        p->dbMain = 0;
        p->dbRbu = 0;
        *pbRetry = 1;
        return;
      }
      p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot vacuum wal mode database");
    }else{
      char *zTarget;
      char *zExtra = 0;
      if( strlen(p->zRbu)>=5 && 0==memcmp("file:", p->zRbu, 5) ){
        zExtra = &p->zRbu[5];

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int rc2;
    p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE;
    rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.wal_checkpoint=restart", 0, 0,0);
    if( rc2!=SQLITE_INTERNAL ) p->rc = rc2;
  }

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nFrame>0 ){
    p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT;
    p->nStep = (pState ? pState->nRow : 0);
    p->aBuf = rbuMalloc(p, p->pgsz);
    p->iWalCksum = rbuShmChecksum(p);
  }

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->nFrame==0 || (pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum) ){
      p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
      p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while
** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame
** being read in the aFrame[] array.

        }
      }
#else
      p->rc = rename(zOal, zWal) ? SQLITE_IOERR : SQLITE_OK;
#endif

      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rbuOpenDatabase(p);
        rbuOpenDatabase(p, 0);
        rbuSetupCheckpoint(p, 0);
      }
    }
  }

  sqlite3_free(zWal);
  sqlite3_free(zOal);

    /* Create the custom VFS. */
    memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3rbu));
    rbuCreateVfs(p);

    /* Open the target, RBU and state databases */
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      char *pCsr = (char*)&p[1];
      int bRetry = 0;
      if( zTarget ){
        p->zTarget = pCsr;
        memcpy(p->zTarget, zTarget, nTarget+1);
        pCsr += nTarget+1;
      }
      p->zRbu = pCsr;
      memcpy(p->zRbu, zRbu, nRbu+1);
      pCsr += nRbu+1;
      if( zState ){
        p->zState = rbuMPrintf(p, "%s", zState);
      }

      /* If the first attempt to open the database file fails and the bRetry
      ** flag it set, this means that the db was not opened because it seemed
      ** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier
      ** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory.
      ** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted
      ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the 
      ** database may succeed.  */
      rbuOpenDatabase(p);
      rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry);
      if( bRetry ){
        rbuOpenDatabase(p, 0);
      }
    }

    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pState = rbuLoadState(p);
      assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){

  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Index of conflict record value to fetch */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
){
  if( !pIter->pConflict ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( iVal<0 || iVal>=sqlite3_column_count(pIter->pConflict) ){
  if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){
    return SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  *ppValue = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pConflict, iVal);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*

){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};

  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "INSERT INTO main.", &rc);
  sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
  sessionAppendStr(&buf, " VALUES(?", &rc);
  sessionAppendStr(&buf, "(", &rc);
  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
    if( i!=0 ) sessionAppendStr(&buf, ", ", &rc);
    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc);
  }

  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ") VALUES(?", &rc);
  for(i=1; i<p->nCol; i++){
    sessionAppendStr(&buf, ", ?", &rc);
  }
  sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pInsert, 0);

        if( zTab==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
          break;
        }
        nTab = (int)strlen(zTab);
        sApply.azCol = (const char **)zTab;
      }else{
        int nMinCol = 0;
        int i;

        sqlite3changeset_pk(pIter, &abPK, 0);
        rc = sessionTableInfo(
            db, "main", zNew, &sApply.nCol, &zTab, &sApply.azCol, &sApply.abPK
        );
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
        for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){
          if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1;
        }
  
        if( sApply.nCol==0 ){
          schemaMismatch = 1;
          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, 
              "sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab
          );
        }
        else if( sApply.nCol!=nCol ){
        else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){
          schemaMismatch = 1;
          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, 
              "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, expected %d", 
              "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, "
              "expected %d or more", 
              zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol
          );
        }
        else if( memcmp(sApply.abPK, abPK, nCol)!=0 ){
        else if( nCol<nMinCol || memcmp(sApply.abPK, abPK, nCol)!=0 ){
          schemaMismatch = 1;
          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): "
              "primary key mismatch for table %s", zTab
          );
        }
        else if( 
            (rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
         || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
         || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
         || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
        ){
          break;
        else{
          sApply.nCol = nCol;
          if((rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
          || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
          || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
          || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply))
          ){
            break;
          }
        }
        nTab = sqlite3Strlen30(zTab);
      }
    }

    /* If there is a schema mismatch on the current table, proceed to the
    ** next change. A log message has already been issued. */

** For the time being, all JSON is stored as pure text.  (We might add
** a JSONB type in the future which stores a binary encoding of JSON in
** a BLOB, but there is no support for JSONB in the current implementation.
** This implementation parses JSON text at 250 MB/s, so it is hard to see
** how JSONB might improve on that.)
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1)
#if !defined(_SQLITEINT_H_)
#if !defined(SQLITEINT_H)
/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
#endif
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stdarg.h> */

** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
** grammar.
*/
#ifndef fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE
# define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
#endif

/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(void *fts5yypParser){
  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)fts5yypParser;
#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  pParser->fts5yyhwm = 0;
#endif
#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  pParser->fts5yytos = NULL;
  pParser->fts5yystack = NULL;
  pParser->fts5yystksz = 0;
  if( fts5yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
    pParser->fts5yystack = &pParser->fts5yystk0;
    pParser->fts5yystksz = 1;
  }
#endif
#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
  pParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
  pParser->fts5yytos = pParser->fts5yystack;
  pParser->fts5yystack[0].stateno = 0;
  pParser->fts5yystack[0].major = 0;
}

#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to sqlite3Fts5Parser and sqlite3Fts5ParserFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){
  fts5yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (fts5yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(fts5yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
  if( pParser ) sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(pParser);
#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->fts5yyhwm = 0;
  return pParser;
#endif
#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->fts5yytos = NULL;
    pParser->fts5yystack = NULL;
    pParser->fts5yystksz = 0;
    if( fts5yyGrowStack(pParser) ){
      pParser->fts5yystack = &pParser->fts5yystk0;
      pParser->fts5yystksz = 1;
    }
#endif
}
#endif /* sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */
#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY
    pParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
    pParser->fts5yytos = pParser->fts5yystack;
    pParser->fts5yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    pParser->fts5yystack[0].major = 0;
  }

  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is
** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.

      fts5yyTracePrompt,
      fts5yyTokenName[fts5yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  fts5yy_destructor(pParser, fts5yytos->major, &fts5yytos->minor);
}

/*
** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(void *p){
  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p;
  while( pParser->fts5yytos>pParser->fts5yystack ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  if( pParser->fts5yystack!=&pParser->fts5yystk0 ) free(pParser->fts5yystack);
#endif
}

#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** If the fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p;
#ifndef fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
  if( pParser==0 ) return;
  if( p==0 ) return;
#endif
  while( pParser->fts5yytos>pParser->fts5yystack ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
  sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(p);
#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  if( pParser->fts5yystack!=&pParser->fts5yystk0 ) free(pParser->fts5yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
  (*freeProc)(p);
}
#endif /* sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */

/*
** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
*/
#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
static int sqlite3Fts5ParserStackPeak(void *p){
  fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p;

  char *z = 0;

  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(TokenCtx));
  sCtx.pPhrase = pAppend;

  rc = fts5ParseStringFromToken(pToken, &z);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int flags = FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | (bPrefix ? FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY : 0);
    int flags = FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | (bPrefix ? FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX : 0);
    int n;
    sqlite3Fts5Dequote(z);
    n = (int)strlen(z);
    rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, flags, z, n, &sCtx, fts5ParseTokenize);
  }
  sqlite3_free(z);
  if( rc || (rc = sCtx.rc) ){

static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
){
  assert( nArg==0 );
  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2017-01-06 16:32:41 a65a62893ca8319e89e48b8a38cf8a59c69a8209", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2017-02-13 16:02:40 ada05cfa86ad7f5645450ac7a2a21c9aa6e57d2c", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
    /* iVersion      */ 2,
    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.16.2"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3016002
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-01-06 16:32:41 a65a62893ca8319e89e48b8a38cf8a59c69a8209"
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.17.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3017000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-02-13 16:02:40 ada05cfa86ad7f5645450ac7a2a21c9aa6e57d2c"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros

** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
    typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# else  
  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
    typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
#else
  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
#endif

** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
** file that were written at the application level might have changed
** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
** elevated privileges.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004

** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]
** </ul>
**
** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means

** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an
** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
** release of SQLite.
**
** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions

**         being opened for read/write access)^.
** </ul>
**
** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
**
** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
** [sqlite3_blob_write()].  The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a
** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()]
** interface.  However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle]
** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened.
**
** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for

**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()],
** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()],
** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
  sqlite3*,
  const char *zDb,
  const char *zTable,
  const char *zColumn,
  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points
** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is
** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
**
** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.

** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook.
**
** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function
** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation
** on a [rowid table].
** on a database table.
** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single
** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides
** the previous setting.
** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()]
** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter.
** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as
** the first parameter to callbacks.
**
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to [rowid tables]; the preupdate
** hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or [WITHOUT ROWID]
** tables.
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
**
** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants
** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the
** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** database within the database connection that is being modified.  This
** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or 
** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
** databases.)^
** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** table that is being modified.
**
** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
** ^The sixth parameter to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
** row being changes for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE changes and is
** undefined for SQLITE_INSERT changes.
** ^The seventh parameter to the preupdate callback is the final [rowid] of
** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the 
** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth 
** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
** the row being changed for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_INSERT changes and is
** undefined for SQLITE_DELETE changes.
** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for
** INSERT operations on rowid tables.
**
** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()],
** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces
** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines
** may only be called from within a preupdate callback.  Invoking any of
** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a
** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied

** either of these things are undefined.
**
** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an
** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached
** to the database when the session object is created.
*/
int sqlite3session_create(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for 
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object
**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
**
** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a 
** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
**
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag
**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**

** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the 
** indirect flag for the specified session object.
**
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 

**
** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error 
** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
*/
int sqlite3session_attach(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
void sqlite3session_table_filter(
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while 
** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and 
** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
*/
int sqlite3session_changeset(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session 

**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
**     the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
**
**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
**     the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
**
**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features 
**     different in each, an UPDATE record is added to the session.
**     different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
**     session.  
** </ul>
**
** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to 
** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be 
** identical.
**
** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
** required compatible table.
**
** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
int sqlite3session_diff(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  const char *zFromDb,
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);

** in the same way as for changesets.
**
** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets
** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for
** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which
** they were attached to the session object).
*/
int sqlite3session_patchset(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnPatchset,                /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppPatchset               /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by 
** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or 
** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
**
** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in 
** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values 
** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an

** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when 
** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by 
** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited 
** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change 
** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit 
** another change for table X.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_start(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,    /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*

** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error 
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent

** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the 
** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not
** be trusted in this case.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_op(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  const char **pzTab,             /* OUT: Pointer to table name */
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

** in the table.
**
** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid
** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise,
** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described
** above.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_pk(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this 
** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_old(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that 
** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete 
** triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_new(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator

** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the 
** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
** and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations
**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator

**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }
*/
int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted
** changeset. Specifically:

** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful 
** call to this function.
**
** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_invert(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert(
  int nIn, const void *pIn,       /* Input changeset */
  int *pnOut, void **ppOut        /* OUT: Inverse of input */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
**

**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }
**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_concat(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
  void *pB,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);

** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
**        changeset, and
**   <li> The table has the same number of columns as recorded in the 
**   <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the 
**        changeset, and
**   <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as 
**        recorded in the changeset.
** </ul>
**
** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the
** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued

**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
**   row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument.
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the
**   database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset,
**   only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against
**   the current database contents - any trailing database table columns
**   are ignored.
**
**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
**   passed as the second argument.
**
**   If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
**   (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the
**   conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]
**   passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE
**   operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler
**   function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd>
**   For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into
**   the database.
**   the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the
**   database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
**   values.
**
**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already 
**   contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
**   function is invoked with the second argument set to 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
**
**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from an original
**   row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is
**   invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
**   original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function
**   is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since
**   UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are
**   to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to
**   avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback.
**
**   If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database,
**   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
**   passed as the second argument.

**
** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_apply(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),

** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
** of the xOutput error code to the application.
**
** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third 
** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
*/
int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm(
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp,
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn
);
int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);
int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn